Add "PostSend" limits to $wgTrxProfilerLimits
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 *
533 * Example:
534 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
535 */
536 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [];
537
538 /**
539 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
540 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
541 *
542 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
543 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
544 *
545 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
546 */
547 $wgUploadDialog = [
548 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
549 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
550 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
551 'fields' => [
552 'description' => true,
553 'date' => false,
554 'categories' => false,
555 ],
556 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
557 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
558 'licensemessages' => [
559 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
560 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
561 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
563 'local' => 'generic-local',
564 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
568 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
569 ],
570 // Upload comment to use. Available replacements:
571 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
572 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
573 'comment' => '',
574 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
575 'format' => [
576 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
577 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
578 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
579 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
580 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
581 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
582 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
583 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
584 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
585 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
586 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
587 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
588 // * $TEXT - input by the user
589 'description' => '$TEXT',
590 'ownwork' => '',
591 'license' => '',
592 'uncategorized' => '',
593 ],
594 ];
595
596 /**
597 * File backend structure configuration.
598 *
599 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
600 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
601 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
602 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
603 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
604 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
605 *
606 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
607 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
608 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
609 *
610 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
611 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
612 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
613 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
614 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
615 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
616 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
617 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
618 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
619 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
620 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
621 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
622 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
623 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
624 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
625 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
626 */
627 $wgFileBackends = [];
628
629 /**
630 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
631 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
632 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
633 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
634 *
635 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
636 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
637 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
638 */
639 $wgLockManagers = [];
640
641 /**
642 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
643 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
644 *
645 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
646 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
647 * extensions" section of php.ini:
648 * @code{.ini}
649 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
650 * @endcode
651 */
652 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
653
654 /**
655 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
656 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
657 * Defaults to false.
658 */
659 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
660
661 /**
662 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
663 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
664 * $wgUploadDirectory.
665 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
666 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
667 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
668 * directory.
669 *
670 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
671 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
672 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
673 */
674 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
675
676 /**
677 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
678 */
679 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
680
681 /**
682 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
683 */
684 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
685
686 /**
687 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
688 */
689 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
690
691 /**
692 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
693 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
694 */
695 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
696
697 /**
698 * Optional table prefix used in database.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
701
702 /**
703 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
704 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
705 */
706 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
707
708 /**
709 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
710 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
711 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
712 */
713 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
714
715 /**
716 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
717 *
718 * @since 1.20
719 */
720 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
721
722 /**
723 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
724 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
725 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
726 */
727 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
728
729 /**
730 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
731 * @since 1.20
732 */
733 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
734
735 /**
736 * Different timeout for upload by url
737 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
738 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
739 * to default.
740 *
741 * @since 1.22
742 */
743 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
744
745 /**
746 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
747 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
748 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
749 * for non-specified types.
750 *
751 * @par Example:
752 * @code
753 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
754 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
755 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
756 * );
757 * @endcode
758 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
759 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
760 */
761 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
762
763 /**
764 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
765 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
766 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
767 * @since 1.26
768 */
769 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
770
771 /**
772 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
773 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
774 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
775 *
776 * @par Example:
777 * @code
778 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
779 * @endcode
780 */
781 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
782
783 /**
784 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
785 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
786 * appended to it as appropriate.
787 */
788 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
789
790 /**
791 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
792 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
793 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
794 * access to the thumbnail path.
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
802
803 /**
804 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
805 */
806 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
810 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
811 *
812 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
813 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
814 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
815 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
816 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
817 *
818 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
819 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
820 */
821 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
822
823 /**
824 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
825 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
826 * directory layout.
827 */
828 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
829
830 /**
831 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
832 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
833 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
834 * image description page on this wiki.
835 *
836 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
837 */
838 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
839
840 /**
841 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
842 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
843 *
844 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
845 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
846 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
847 */
848 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
849
850 /**
851 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
852 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
853 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
854 */
855 $wgFileBlacklist = [
856 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
857 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
858 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
859 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
860 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
861 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
862 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
863 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
864
865 /**
866 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
867 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
868 */
869 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
870 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
871 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
872 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
873 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
874 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
875 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
876 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
877 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
878 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
879 'application/x-msmetafile',
880 ];
881
882 /**
883 * Allow Java archive uploads.
884 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
885 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
886 */
887 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
888
889 /**
890 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
891 *
892 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
893 */
894 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
895
896 /**
897 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
898 * by $wgFileExtensions.
899 *
900 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
901 */
902 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
903
904 /**
905 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
906 *
907 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
908 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
909 */
910 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
911
912 /**
913 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
914 */
915 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
916
917 /**
918 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
919 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
920 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
921 *
922 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
923 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
924 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
925 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
926 */
927 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
928 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
929 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
930 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
931 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
932 "application/pdf", // PDF files
933 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
934 ];
935
936 /**
937 * Plugins for media file type handling.
938 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
939 */
940 $wgMediaHandlers = [
941 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
942 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
943 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
944 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
945 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
946 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
947 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
948 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
949 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
950 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
951 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
952 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
953 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for page content model handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
959 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
960 *
961 * @since 1.21
962 */
963 $wgContentHandlers = [
964 // the usual case
965 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
966 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
968 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
969 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
970 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
971 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
972 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
973 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
974 ];
975
976 /**
977 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
978 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
979 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
980 */
981 $wgUseImageResize = true;
982
983 /**
984 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
985 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
986 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
987 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
988 *
989 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
990 */
991 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
992
993 /**
994 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
995 */
996 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
997
998 /**
999 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1000 * @since 1.27
1001 */
1002 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1006 */
1007 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1016 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1017 */
1018 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1022 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1023 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1024 *
1025 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1026 * @code
1027 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1028 * @endcode
1029 *
1030 * Leave as false to skip this.
1031 */
1032 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1033
1034 /**
1035 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1036 *
1037 * @since 1.21
1038 */
1039 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1040
1041 /**
1042 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1043 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1044 * at sharp edges.
1045 *
1046 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1047 *
1048 * Supported values:
1049 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1050 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1051 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1052 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1053 *
1054 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1055 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1056 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1057 *
1058 * @since 1.27
1059 */
1060 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1061
1062 /**
1063 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1064 * image formats.
1065 */
1066 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1070 *
1071 * @since 1.26
1072 */
1073 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1077 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1078 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1079 *
1080 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1081 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1082 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1083 */
1084 $wgSVGConverters = [
1085 'ImageMagick' =>
1086 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1087 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1088 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1089 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1090 . '$output $input',
1091 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1092 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1093 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1094 ];
1095
1096 /**
1097 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1098 */
1099 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1100
1101 /**
1102 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1113 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1119 *
1120 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1121 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1122 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1123 *
1124 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1125 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1126 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1127 */
1128 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1129
1130 /**
1131 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1132 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1133 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1134 *
1135 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1136 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1137 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1138 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1139 *
1140 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1141 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1142 */
1143 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1144
1145 /**
1146 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1147 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1148 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1149 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1150 */
1151 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1155 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1156 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1157 *
1158 * @par Example:
1159 * @code
1160 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1162 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1163 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1164 * @endcode
1165 */
1166 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1167
1168 /**
1169 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1170 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1171 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1172 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1173 */
1174 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1178 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1179 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1180 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1181 */
1182 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1183
1184 /**
1185 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1186 * output instead of showing an error message.
1187 *
1188 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1189 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1190 *
1191 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1192 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1193 * are logged to a file for review.
1194 */
1195 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1196
1197 /**
1198 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1199 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1200 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1201 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1202 * webserver(s).
1203 */
1204 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1205
1206 /**
1207 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1208 */
1209 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1213 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1214 * is available that can rotate.
1215 */
1216 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1220 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1221 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1222 */
1223 $wgAntivirus = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1227 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1228 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1229 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1230 *
1231 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1232 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1233 *
1234 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1235 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1236 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1237 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1238 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1239 * path.
1240 *
1241 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1242 * function in SpecialUpload.
1243 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1244 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1245 * is not set.
1246 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1247 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1248 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1250 * no virus was found.
1251 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1252 * a virus.
1253 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1254 *
1255 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1256 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1257 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1258 */
1259 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1260
1261 # setup for clamav
1262 'clamav' => [
1263 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1264 'codemap' => [
1265 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1266 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1267 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1268 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1269 ],
1270 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1271 ],
1272 ];
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1276 */
1277 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1281 */
1282 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1286 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1287 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1288 */
1289 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1299 * the MIME type to standard output.
1300 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1301 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1302 *
1303 * @par Example:
1304 * @code
1305 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1306 * @endcode
1307 */
1308 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1312 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1313 * can be trusted.
1314 */
1315 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1319 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1320 */
1321 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1322 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1323 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1324 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1325 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1326 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1327 ];
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1331 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1332 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1333 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1334 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1335 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1336 */
1337 $wgImageLimits = [
1338 [ 320, 240 ],
1339 [ 640, 480 ],
1340 [ 800, 600 ],
1341 [ 1024, 768 ],
1342 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1343 ];
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1347 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1348 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1349 */
1350 $wgThumbLimits = [
1351 120,
1352 150,
1353 180,
1354 200,
1355 250,
1356 300
1357 ];
1358
1359 /**
1360 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1361 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1362 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1363 *
1364 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1365 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1366 * supports it.
1367 */
1368 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1369
1370 /**
1371 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1372 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1373 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1374 * following buckets:
1375 *
1376 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1377 *
1378 * and a distance of 50:
1379 *
1380 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1381 *
1382 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1383 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386
1387 /**
1388 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1389 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1390 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1391 *
1392 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1393 *
1394 * @since 1.25
1395 */
1396
1397 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1398
1399 /**
1400 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1401 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1402 *
1403 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1404 * thumbnail's URL.
1405 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1406 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1407 *
1408 * @since 1.25
1409 */
1410 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1421 * HTTP request to.
1422 *
1423 * @since 1.25
1424 */
1425 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1426
1427 /**
1428 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1429 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1430 *
1431 * @since 1.26
1432 */
1433 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1434
1435 /**
1436 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1437 */
1438 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1439 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1440 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1441 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1442 'captionLength' => 25, // Length of caption to truncate (in characters)
1443 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1444 'mode' => 'traditional',
1445 ];
1446
1447 /**
1448 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1449 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1450 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1451 */
1452 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1456 */
1457 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1461 *
1462 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1463 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1464 *
1465 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1466 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1467 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1468 */
1469 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1470
1471 /**
1472 * @name DJVU settings
1473 * @{
1474 */
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Path of the djvudump executable
1478 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1479 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1480 */
1481 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1485 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1486 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1487 */
1488 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1489
1490 /**
1491 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1492 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1493 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1494 */
1495 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1496
1497 /**
1498 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1499 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1500 *
1501 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1502 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1503 * the efficiency problem.
1504 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1505 *
1506 * @par Example:
1507 * @code
1508 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1509 * @endcode
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1515 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1516 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1517 */
1518 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1519
1520 /**
1521 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1524
1525 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1526
1527 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1528
1529 /************************************************************************//**
1530 * @name Email settings
1531 * @{
1532 */
1533
1534 /**
1535 * Site admin email address.
1536 *
1537 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1538 */
1539 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1540
1541 /**
1542 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1543 *
1544 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1545 *
1546 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1547 */
1548 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1549
1550 /**
1551 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1552 *
1553 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1554 */
1555 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1556
1557 /**
1558 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1559 *
1560 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1561 */
1562 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1566 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1567 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1568 */
1569 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1573 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1574 */
1575 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1579 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1580 *
1581 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1582 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1583 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1584 */
1585 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1589 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1595 */
1596 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1600 */
1601 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1605 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1606 */
1607 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1611 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1612 */
1613 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1614
1615 /**
1616 * SMTP Mode.
1617 *
1618 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1619 * Default to false or fill an array :
1620 *
1621 * @code
1622 * $wgSMTP = array(
1623 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1624 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1625 * 'port' => '25',
1626 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1627 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1628 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1629 * );
1630 * @endcode
1631 */
1632 $wgSMTP = false;
1633
1634 /**
1635 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1636 */
1637 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1641 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1642 */
1643 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1647 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1648 */
1649 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1650
1651 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1652 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1653 # enable or disable at their discretion
1654 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1655 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1656
1657 /**
1658 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1659 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1660 * spam relay.
1661 */
1662 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1663
1664 /**
1665 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1666 */
1667 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1671 * user talk page.
1672 */
1673 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1677 * allowed this in the preferences.
1678 */
1679 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1680
1681 /**
1682 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1683 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1684 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1690 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1691 *
1692 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1693 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1694 */
1695 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1696
1697 /**
1698 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1699 * match the limit on your mail server.
1700 */
1701 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1702
1703 /**
1704 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1710 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1711 */
1712 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1713
1714 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1715
1716 /************************************************************************//**
1717 * @name Database settings
1718 * @{
1719 */
1720
1721 /**
1722 * Database host name or IP address
1723 */
1724 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1728 */
1729 $wgDBport = 5432;
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Name of the database
1733 */
1734 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Database username
1738 */
1739 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Database user's password
1743 */
1744 $wgDBpassword = '';
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Database type
1748 */
1749 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1753 *
1754 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1755 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1756 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1757 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1758 */
1759 $wgDBssl = false;
1760
1761 /**
1762 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1763 *
1764 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1765 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1766 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1767 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1768 */
1769 $wgDBcompress = false;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1773 */
1774 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1778 */
1779 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Search type.
1783 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1784 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1785 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1786 */
1787 $wgSearchType = null;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Alternative search types
1791 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1792 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1793 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1794 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1795 */
1796 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Table name prefix
1800 */
1801 $wgDBprefix = '';
1802
1803 /**
1804 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1805 */
1806 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1810 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1811 * DBA has done his best job.
1812 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1813 */
1814 $wgSQLMode = '';
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Mediawiki schema
1818 */
1819 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1820
1821 /**
1822 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1823 */
1824 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1828 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1829 * Useful for debugging.
1830 */
1831 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1835 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1836 * main database.
1837 *
1838 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1839 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1840 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1841 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1842 *
1843 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1844 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1845 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1846 *
1847 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1848 * $wgDBprefix.
1849 *
1850 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1851 * $wgDBmwschema.
1852 *
1853 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1854 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1855 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1856 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1857 */
1858 $wgSharedDB = null;
1859
1860 /**
1861 * @see $wgSharedDB
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 * @since 1.23
1873 */
1874 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1875
1876 /**
1877 * Database load balancer
1878 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1879 * Fields are:
1880 * - host: Host name
1881 * - dbname: Default database name
1882 * - user: DB user
1883 * - password: DB password
1884 * - type: DB type
1885 *
1886 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1887 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1888 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1889 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1890 *
1891 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1892 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1893 *
1894 * - flags: bit field
1895 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1896 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1897 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1898 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1899 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1900 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1901 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1902 * if available
1903 *
1904 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1905 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1906 *
1907 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1908 * variable of the Database object.
1909 *
1910 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1911 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1912 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1913 *
1914 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1915 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1916 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1917 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1918 *
1919 * @code
1920 * SET @@read_only=1;
1921 * @endcode
1922 *
1923 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1924 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1925 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1926 */
1927 $wgDBservers = false;
1928
1929 /**
1930 * Load balancer factory configuration
1931 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1932 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1933 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1934 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1935 *
1936 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1937 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1938 */
1939 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1940
1941 /**
1942 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1943 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1944 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1945 * @since 1.27
1946 */
1947 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1948
1949 /**
1950 * File to log database errors to
1951 */
1952 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1953
1954 /**
1955 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1956 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1957 *
1958 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1959 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1960 *
1961 * @par Examples:
1962 * @code
1963 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1964 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1965 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1966 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1967 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1968 * @endcode
1969 *
1970 * @since 1.20
1971 */
1972 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1973
1974 /**
1975 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1976 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1977 *
1978 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1979 *
1980 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1981 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1982 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1983 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1984 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1985 *
1986 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1987 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1988 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1989 */
1990 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1994 *
1995 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1996 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1997 * block).
1998 *
1999 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2000 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2001 * connections.
2002 *
2003 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2004 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2005 * pooled.
2006 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2007 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2008 *
2009 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2010 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2011 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2012 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2013 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2014 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2015 *
2016 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2017 *
2018 */
2019 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2020
2021 /**
2022 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2023 * account.
2024 * Array numeric key => database name
2025 */
2026 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2027
2028 /**
2029 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2030 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2031 * show a more obvious warning.
2032 */
2033 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2034
2035 /**
2036 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2037 */
2038 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2039
2040 /**
2041 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2042 */
2043 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2044
2045 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2046
2047 /************************************************************************//**
2048 * @name Text storage
2049 * @{
2050 */
2051
2052 /**
2053 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2054 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2055 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2056 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2057 */
2058 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2059
2060 /**
2061 * External stores allow including content
2062 * from non database sources following URL links.
2063 *
2064 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2065 * @code
2066 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2067 * @endcode
2068 *
2069 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2070 */
2071 $wgExternalStores = [];
2072
2073 /**
2074 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2075 *
2076 * @par Example:
2077 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2078 * @code
2079 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2080 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2081 * );
2082 * @endcode
2083 *
2084 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2085 * another class.
2086 */
2087 $wgExternalServers = [];
2088
2089 /**
2090 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2091 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2092 *
2093 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2094 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2095 *
2096 * @par Example:
2097 * @code
2098 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * @var array
2102 */
2103 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2104
2105 /**
2106 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2107 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2108 *
2109 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2110 */
2111 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2112
2113 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2114
2115 /************************************************************************//**
2116 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2117 * @{
2118 */
2119
2120 /**
2121 * Disable database-intensive features
2122 */
2123 $wgMiserMode = false;
2124
2125 /**
2126 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2127 */
2128 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2129
2130 /**
2131 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2132 */
2133 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2137 */
2138 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Enable slow parser functions
2142 */
2143 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2144
2145 /**
2146 * Allow schema updates
2147 */
2148 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2152 */
2153 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2157 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2158 */
2159 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2160
2161 /**
2162 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2163 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2164 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2165 * @since 1.26
2166 */
2167 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2168
2169 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2170
2171 /************************************************************************//**
2172 * @name Cache settings
2173 * @{
2174 */
2175
2176 /**
2177 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2178 * from the web.
2179 *
2180 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2181 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2182 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2183 */
2184 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2188 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2189 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2190 *
2191 * The options are:
2192 *
2193 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2194 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2195 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2196 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2197 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2198 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2199 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2200 *
2201 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2202 */
2203 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2204
2205 /**
2206 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2207 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2208 *
2209 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2210 */
2211 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2212
2213 /**
2214 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2215 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2216 *
2217 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2218 */
2219 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2220
2221 /**
2222 * The cache type for storing session data.
2223 *
2224 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2225 */
2226 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2227
2228 /**
2229 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2230 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 *
2234 * @since 1.20
2235 */
2236 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2240 *
2241 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2242 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2243 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2244 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2245 *
2246 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2247 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2248 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2249 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2250 */
2251 $wgObjectCaches = [
2252 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2253 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2254
2255 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2256 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2257 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2258
2259 'db-replicated' => [
2260 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2261 'readFactory' => [
2262 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2263 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2264 ],
2265 'writeFactory' => [
2266 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2267 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2268 ],
2269 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2270 ],
2271
2272 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2273 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2275 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2276 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2277 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2278 ];
2279
2280 /**
2281 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2282 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2283 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2284 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2285 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2286 *
2287 * The options are:
2288 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2289 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2290 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2291 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2292 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2293 * @since 1.26
2294 */
2295 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2299 *
2300 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2301 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2302 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2303 *
2304 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2305 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2306 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2307 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2308 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2309 *
2310 * @since 1.26
2311 */
2312 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2313 CACHE_NONE => [
2314 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2315 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2316 'channels' => []
2317 ]
2318 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2319 'memcached-php' => [
2320 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2321 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2322 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2323 ]
2324 */
2325 ];
2326
2327 /**
2328 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2329 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2330 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2331 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2332 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2333 *
2334 * The options are:
2335 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2336 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2337 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2338 *
2339 * @since 1.26
2340 */
2341 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2342
2343 /**
2344 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2345 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2346 */
2347 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2348
2349 /**
2350 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2351 *
2352 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2353 */
2354 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2355
2356 /**
2357 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2363 */
2364 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2365
2366 /**
2367 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2368 */
2369 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2373 *
2374 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2375 *
2376 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2377 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2378 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2379 * others' cookies.
2380 *
2381 * @since 1.27
2382 * @var string
2383 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2384 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2385 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2386 */
2387 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2388
2389 /**
2390 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2391 *
2392 * @since 1.28
2393 */
2394 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2395
2396 /**
2397 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2398 */
2399 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2400
2401 /**
2402 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2403 */
2404 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2405
2406 /**
2407 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2408 * requests.
2409 */
2410 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2411
2412 /**
2413 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2414 */
2415 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2419 *
2420 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2421 *
2422 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2423 *
2424 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2425 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2426 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2427 */
2428 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2432 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2433 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2434 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2435 */
2436 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2437
2438 /**
2439 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2440 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2441 *
2442 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2443 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2444 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2445 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2446 * otherwise the database will be used.
2447 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2448 * store static arrays.
2449 *
2450 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2451 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2452 *
2453 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2454 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2455 * will be used.
2456 *
2457 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2458 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2459 */
2460 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2461 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2462 'store' => 'detect',
2463 'storeClass' => false,
2464 'storeDirectory' => false,
2465 'manualRecache' => false,
2466 ];
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2470 */
2471 $wgCachePages = true;
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2475 * client-side and server-side caching.
2476 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2477 * @verbatim
2478 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2479 * @endverbatim
2480 */
2481 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2482
2483 /**
2484 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2485 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2486 */
2487 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2488
2489 /**
2490 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2491 *
2492 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2493 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2494 * styles.
2495 */
2496 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2497
2498 /**
2499 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2500 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2501 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2502 */
2503 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2504
2505 /**
2506 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2507 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2508 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2509 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2510 */
2511 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2512
2513 /**
2514 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2515 * @deprecated 1.26
2516 */
2517 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2518
2519 /**
2520 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2521 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2522 */
2523 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2524
2525 /**
2526 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2527 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2528 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2529 *
2530 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2531 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2532 * don't update as expected.
2533 */
2534 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2535
2536 /**
2537 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2538 */
2539 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2543 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2544 *
2545 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2546 */
2547 $wgUseGzip = false;
2548
2549 /**
2550 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2551 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2552 */
2553 $wgUseETag = false;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2557 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2558 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2559 * a grace period.
2560 */
2561 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2562
2563 /**
2564 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2565 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2566 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2567 *
2568 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2569 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2570 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2571 */
2572 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2573
2574 /**
2575 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2576 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2577 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2578 *
2579 * @par Example:
2580 * @code
2581 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2582 * @endcode
2583 *
2584 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2585 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2586 *
2587 * @var int|bool
2588 */
2589 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2590
2591 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2592
2593 /************************************************************************//**
2594 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2595 *
2596 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2597 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2598 *
2599 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2600 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2601 * more details.
2602 *
2603 * @{
2604 */
2605
2606 /**
2607 * Enable/disable CDN.
2608 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2609 */
2610 $wgUseSquid = false;
2611
2612 /**
2613 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2614 */
2615 $wgUseESI = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2619 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2620 * @since 1.27
2621 */
2622 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2626 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2627 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2628 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2629 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2630 * HTTP redirects.
2631 */
2632 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2633
2634 /**
2635 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2636 *
2637 * @par Example:
2638 * @code
2639 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2640 * @endcode
2641 */
2642 $wgInternalServer = false;
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2646 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2647 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2648 *
2649 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2650 */
2651 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2655 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2656 * @since 1.27
2657 */
2658 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2659
2660 /**
2661 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2662 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2663 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2664 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2665 *
2666 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2667 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2668 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2669 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2670 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2671 *
2672 * @since 1.27
2673 */
2674 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2678 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2679 * @since 1.27
2680 */
2681 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2685 *
2686 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2687 */
2688 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2692 *
2693 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2694 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2695 *
2696 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2697 */
2698 $wgSquidServers = [];
2699
2700 /**
2701 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2702 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2703 * CIDR blocks.
2704 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2705 */
2706 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2707
2708 /**
2709 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2710 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2711 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2712 *
2713 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2714 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2715 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2716 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2717 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2718 *
2719 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2720 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2721 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2722 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2723 * reverse).
2724 *
2725 * @since 1.21
2726 */
2727 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2728
2729 /**
2730 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2731 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2732 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2733 *
2734 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2735 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2736 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2737 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2738 *
2739 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2740 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2741 * @code
2742 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2743 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2744 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2745 * 'port' => 4827,
2746 * ),
2747 * '' => array(
2748 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2749 * 'port' => 4827,
2750 * ),
2751 * );
2752 * @endcode
2753 *
2754 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2755 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2756 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2757 *
2758 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2759 * @code
2760 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2761 * '' => array(
2762 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2763 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2764 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2765 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2766 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2767 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2768 * ),
2769 * );
2770 * @endcode
2771 *
2772 * @since 1.22
2773 *
2774 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2775 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2776 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2777 *
2778 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2779 */
2780 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2781
2782 /**
2783 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2784 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2785 */
2786 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2787
2788 /**
2789 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2790 */
2791 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2792
2793 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2794
2795 /************************************************************************//**
2796 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2797 * @{
2798 */
2799
2800 /**
2801 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2802 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2803 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2804 *
2805 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2806 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2807 *
2808 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2809 * change it in their preferences.
2810 *
2811 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2812 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2813 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2814 */
2815 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2816
2817 /**
2818 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2819 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2820 */
2821 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2822
2823 /**
2824 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2825 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2826 *
2827 * @par Example:
2828 * @code
2829 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2830 * @endcode
2831 */
2832 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2833
2834 /**
2835 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2836 */
2837 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2841 */
2842 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2843
2844 /**
2845 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2846 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2847 * Notes:
2848 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2849 * map.
2850 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2851 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2852 * this array.
2853 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2854 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2855 * the prefix in this array.
2856 */
2857 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2858
2859 /**
2860 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2861 */
2862 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2866 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2867 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2868 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2869 */
2870 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2871 'als' => 'gsw',
2872 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2873 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2874 'bh' => 'bho',
2875 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2876 'no' => 'nb',
2877 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2878 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2879 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2880 'simple' => 'en',
2881 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2882 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2883 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2884 ];
2885
2886 /**
2887 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2888 * may be defined.
2889 *
2890 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2891 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2892 */
2893 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2894
2895 /**
2896 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2897 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2898 * set to "ar".
2899 *
2900 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2901 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2902 */
2903 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2904
2905 /**
2906 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2907 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2908 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2909 * support these characters.
2910 *
2911 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2912 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2913 */
2914 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2915
2916 /**
2917 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2918 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2919 * impact.
2920 *
2921 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2922 * details.
2923 *
2924 * @since 1.17
2925 */
2926 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2927
2928 /**
2929 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2930 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2931 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2932 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2933 *
2934 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2935 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2936 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2937 */
2938 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2939
2940 /**
2941 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2942 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2943 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2944 */
2945 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2946 /**
2947 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2948 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2949 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2950 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2951 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2952 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2953 *
2954 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2955 */
2956 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2957 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2958 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2959
2960 /**
2961 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2962 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2963 *
2964 * Known useragents:
2965 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2966 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2967 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2968 * - [...]
2969 *
2970 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2971 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2972 */
2973 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2974
2975 /**
2976 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2977 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2978 */
2979 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2980 ];
2981
2982 /**
2983 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2984 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2985 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2986 *
2987 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2988 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2989 * to remain viewable.
2990 *
2991 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2992 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2993 */
2994 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2995
2996 /**
2997 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2998 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2999 */
3000 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3001
3002 /**
3003 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3004 * numerals in interface.
3005 */
3006 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3007
3008 /**
3009 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3010 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3011 */
3012 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3013
3014 /**
3015 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3016 */
3017 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3021 */
3022 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3026 */
3027 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3031 */
3032 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3036 */
3037 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3041 *
3042 * @par Example:
3043 * @code
3044 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3045 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3046 * @endcode
3047 */
3048 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3052 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3053 * language variant.
3054 *
3055 * @par Example:
3056 * @code
3057 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3058 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3059 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3060 * @endcode
3061 *
3062 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3063 *
3064 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3065 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3066 */
3067 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3071 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3072 * customise these.
3073 */
3074 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3075
3076 /**
3077 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3078 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3079 *
3080 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3081 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3082 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3083 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3084 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3085 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3086 * the default behavior.
3087 *
3088 * @par Example:
3089 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3090 * portal:
3091 * @code
3092 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3093 * @endcode
3094 */
3095 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3096
3097 /**
3098 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3099 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3100 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3101 *
3102 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3103 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3104 *
3105 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3106 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3107 *
3108 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3109 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3110 *
3111 * @par Examples:
3112 * @code
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3115 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3116 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3117 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3118 * @endcode
3119 */
3120 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3121
3122 /**
3123 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3124 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3125 *
3126 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3127 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3128 *
3129 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3130 */
3131 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3132
3133 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3134
3135 /*************************************************************************//**
3136 * @name Output format and skin settings
3137 * @{
3138 */
3139
3140 /**
3141 * The default Content-Type header.
3142 */
3143 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3144
3145 /**
3146 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3147 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3148 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3149 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3150 * @deprecated since 1.22
3151 */
3152 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3153
3154 /**
3155 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3156 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3157 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3158 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3159 * @deprecated since 1.22
3160 */
3161 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3165 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3166 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3167 * to true by Setup.php.
3168 * @deprecated since 1.22
3169 */
3170 $wgHtml5 = true;
3171
3172 /**
3173 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3174 *
3175 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3176 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3177 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3178 * @since 1.16
3179 */
3180 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3181
3182 /**
3183 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3184 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3185 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3186 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3187 * @since 1.24
3188 */
3189 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3190
3191 /**
3192 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3193 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3194 * stable and change has been communicated.
3195 * @since 1.24
3196 */
3197 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3198
3199 /**
3200 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3201 *
3202 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3203 *
3204 * @par Example:
3205 * @code
3206 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3207 * @endcode
3208 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3209 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3210 *
3211 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3212 */
3213 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3217 *
3218 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3219 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3220 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3221 */
3222 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3223
3224 /**
3225 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3226 */
3227 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3231 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3232 */
3233 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3237 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3238 */
3239 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3240
3241 /**
3242 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3243 *
3244 * @since 1.24
3245 */
3246 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3247
3248 /**
3249 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3250 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3251 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3252 */
3253 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3254
3255 /**
3256 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3257 */
3258 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Allow user Javascript page?
3262 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3263 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3264 */
3265 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3269 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3270 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3271 */
3272 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3276 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3277 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3278 */
3279 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3283 */
3284 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3288 */
3289 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3293 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3294 */
3295 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3296
3297 /**
3298 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3299 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3300 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3301 *
3302 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3303 *
3304 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3305 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3306 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3307 *
3308 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3309 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3310 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3311 * recommended.
3312 *
3313 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3314 * not just edit pages.
3315 */
3316 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3317
3318 /**
3319 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3320 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3321 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3322 * Options are:
3323 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3324 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3325 * - false: Allow all framing.
3326 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3327 */
3328 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3332 */
3333 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3337 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3338 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3339 *
3340 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3341 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3342 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3343 */
3344 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3345
3346 /**
3347 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3348 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3349 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3350 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3351 *
3352 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3353 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3354 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3355 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3356 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3357 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3358 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3359 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3360 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3361 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3362 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3363 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3364 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3365 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3366 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3367 * not be outputted
3368 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3369 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3370 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3371 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3372 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3373 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3374 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3375 */
3376 $wgFooterIcons = [
3377 "copyright" => [
3378 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3379 ],
3380 "poweredby" => [
3381 "mediawiki" => [
3382 // Defaults to point at
3383 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3384 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3385 "src" => null,
3386 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3387 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3388 ]
3389 ],
3390 ];
3391
3392 /**
3393 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3394 * to create an account.
3395 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3396 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3397 */
3398 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3399
3400 /**
3401 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3402 */
3403 $wgEdititis = false;
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3407 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3408 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3409 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3410 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3411 *
3412 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3413 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3414 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3415 */
3416 $wgSend404Code = true;
3417
3418 /**
3419 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3420 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3421 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3422 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3423 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3424 *
3425 * @since 1.20
3426 */
3427 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3428
3429 /**
3430 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3431 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3432 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3433 * unconditionally.
3434 */
3435 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3436
3437 /**
3438 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3439 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3440 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3441 * the domain root.
3442 *
3443 * @since 1.25
3444 */
3445 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3446
3447 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3448
3449 /*************************************************************************//**
3450 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3451 * @{
3452 */
3453
3454 /**
3455 * Client-side resource modules.
3456 *
3457 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3458 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3459 *
3460 * @par Example:
3461 * @code
3462 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3463 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3464 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3465 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3466 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3467 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3468 * );
3469 * @endcode
3470 */
3471 $wgResourceModules = [];
3472
3473 /**
3474 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3475 *
3476 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3477 * not be modified or disabled.
3478 *
3479 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3480 *
3481 * @par Example:
3482 * @code
3483 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3484 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3485 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3486 * );
3487 *
3488 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3489 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3490 * );
3491 * @endcode
3492 *
3493 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3494 *
3495 * @par Equivalent:
3496 * @code
3497 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3498 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3499 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3500 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3501 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3502 * ),
3503 * );
3504 * @endcode
3505 *
3506 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3507 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3508 *
3509 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3510 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3511 *
3512 * @par Example:
3513 * @code
3514 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3515 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3516 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3517 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3518 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3519 * ),
3520 * );
3521 * // Note the '+' character:
3522 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3523 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3524 * );
3525 * @endcode
3526 *
3527 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3528 *
3529 * @par Equivalent:
3530 * @code
3531 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3532 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3533 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3534 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3535 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3536 * 'foo' => array(
3537 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3538 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3539 * ),
3540 * ),
3541 * );
3542 * @endcode
3543 *
3544 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3545 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3546 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3547 *
3548 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3549 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3550 *
3551 * @par Example:
3552 * @code
3553 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3554 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3555 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3556 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3557 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3558 * );
3559 * @endcode
3560 */
3561 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3562
3563 /**
3564 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3565 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3566 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3567 *
3568 * @par Example:
3569 * @code
3570 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3571 * @endcode
3572 */
3573 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3574
3575 /**
3576 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3577 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3578 */
3579 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3580
3581 /**
3582 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3583 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3584 *
3585 * Following options to distinguish:
3586 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3587 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3588 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3589 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3590 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3591 *
3592 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3593 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3594 * client and MediaWiki.
3595 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3596 */
3597 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3598 'versioned' => [
3599 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3600 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3601 ],
3602 'unversioned' => [
3603 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3604 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3605 ],
3606 ];
3607
3608 /**
3609 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3610 *
3611 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3612 */
3613 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3614
3615 /**
3616 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3617 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3618 *
3619 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3620 */
3621 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3622
3623 /**
3624 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3625 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3626 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3627 *
3628 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3629 */
3630 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3631
3632 /**
3633 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3634 *
3635 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3636 */
3637 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3638
3639 /**
3640 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3641 *
3642 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3643 * work.
3644 *
3645 * @par Example of legacy code:
3646 * @code{,js}
3647 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3648 * @endcode
3649 * or:
3650 * @code{,js}
3651 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3652 * @endcode
3653 *
3654 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3655 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3656 * @code{,js}
3657 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3658 * @endcode
3659 * or:
3660 * @code{,js}
3661 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3662 * @endcode
3663 */
3664 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3665
3666 /**
3667 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3668 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3669 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3670 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3671 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3672 * that you can't increase.
3673 *
3674 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3675 * string length limit.
3676 *
3677 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3678 */
3679 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3680
3681 /**
3682 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3683 * prior to minification to validate it.
3684 *
3685 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3686 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3687 */
3688 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3689
3690 /**
3691 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3692 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3693 *
3694 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3695 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3696 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3697 */
3698 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3699
3700 /**
3701 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3702 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3703 *
3704 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3705 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3706 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3707 *
3708 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3709 *
3710 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3711 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3712 *
3713 * @par Example:
3714 * @code
3715 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3716 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3717 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3718 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3719 * );
3720 * @endcode
3721 * @since 1.22
3722 */
3723 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3724 /**
3725 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3726 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3727 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3728 * @since 1.27
3729 */
3730 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3731 ];
3732
3733 /**
3734 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3735 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3736 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3737 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3738 *
3739 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3740 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3741 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3742 * files from its own tree.
3743 *
3744 * @since 1.22
3745 */
3746 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3747 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3748 ];
3749
3750 /**
3751 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3752 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3753 *
3754 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3755 */
3756 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3757
3758 /**
3759 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3760 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3761 *
3762 * @since 1.23
3763 */
3764 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3765
3766 /**
3767 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3768 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3769 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3770 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3771 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3772 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3773 * from the rest of the site.
3774 *
3775 * @since 1.25
3776 */
3777 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3778
3779 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3780
3781 /*************************************************************************//**
3782 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3783 * @{
3784 */
3785
3786 /**
3787 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3788 * used instead.
3789 */
3790 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3791
3792 /**
3793 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3794 *
3795 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3796 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3797 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3798 */
3799 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3800
3801 /**
3802 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3803 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3804 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3805 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3806 * hook or extension.json.
3807 *
3808 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3809 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3810 * the new namespace name.
3811 *
3812 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3813 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3814 *
3815 * @par Example:
3816 * @code
3817 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3818 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3819 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3820 * 102 => "Aide",
3821 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3822 * );
3823 * @endcode
3824 *
3825 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3826 */
3827 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3828
3829 /**
3830 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3831 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3832 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3833 * @since 1.18
3834 */
3835 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Namespace aliases.
3839 *
3840 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3841 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3842 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3843 * name.
3844 *
3845 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3846 *
3847 * @par Example:
3848 * @code
3849 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3850 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3851 * 'Help' => 100,
3852 * );
3853 * @endcode
3854 */
3855 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3856
3857 /**
3858 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3859 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3860 *
3861 * Problematic punctuation:
3862 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3863 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3864 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3865 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3866 * corrupted by apache
3867 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3868 *
3869 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3870 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3871 *
3872 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3873 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3874 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3875 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3876 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3877 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3878 *
3879 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3880 *
3881 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3882 * this breaks interlanguage links
3883 */
3884 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3885
3886 /**
3887 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3888 *
3889 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3890 */
3891 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3892
3893 /**
3894 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3895 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3896 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3897 *
3898 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3899 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3900 */
3901 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3902
3903 /**
3904 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3905 */
3906 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3907
3908 /**
3909 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3910 * @{
3911 */
3912
3913 /**
3914 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3915 * database (.cdb) file.
3916 *
3917 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3918 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3919 * formats such as the following:
3920 *
3921 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3922 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3923 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3924 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3925 *
3926 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3927 * data layout.
3928 *
3929 * @var bool|array|string
3930 */
3931 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3932
3933 /**
3934 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3935 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3936 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3937 * - 3: site levels
3938 */
3939 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3943 */
3944 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3945
3946 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3947
3948 /**
3949 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3950 * @{
3951 */
3952
3953 /**
3954 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3955 */
3956 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3957
3958 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3959
3960 /**
3961 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3962 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3963 * as 'redirected from' links.
3964 *
3965 * @par Example:
3966 * It might look something like this:
3967 * @code
3968 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3969 * @endcode
3970 *
3971 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3972 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3973 * the URL.
3974 */
3975 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3976
3977 /**
3978 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3979 *
3980 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3981 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3982 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3983 */
3984 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3985
3986 /**
3987 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3988 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3989 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3990 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3991 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3992 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3993 * NS_FILE.
3994 *
3995 * @par Example:
3996 * @code
3997 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3998 * @endcode
3999 */
4000 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4001
4002 /**
4003 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4004 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4005 */
4006 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4007 NS_TALK => true,
4008 NS_USER => true,
4009 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4010 NS_PROJECT => true,
4011 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4012 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4013 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4014 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4015 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4016 NS_HELP => true,
4017 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4018 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4019 ];
4020
4021 /**
4022 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4023 *
4024 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4025 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4026 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4027 *
4028 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4029 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4030 *
4031 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4032 * the new extension registration system.
4033 *
4034 * @since 1.23
4035 */
4036 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4037
4038 /**
4039 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4040 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4041 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4042 * number of articles in the wiki.
4043 */
4044 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4045
4046 /**
4047 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4048 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4049 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4050 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4051 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4052 */
4053 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4054
4055 /**
4056 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4057 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4058 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4059 */
4060 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4061
4062 /**
4063 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4064 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4065 * will make the redirect fail.
4066 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4067 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4068 *
4069 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4070 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4071 */
4072 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4073
4074 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4075
4076 /************************************************************************//**
4077 * @name Parser settings
4078 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4079 * @{
4080 */
4081
4082 /**
4083 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4084 *
4085 * class The class name
4086 *
4087 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4088 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4089 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4090 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4091 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4092 *
4093 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4094 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4095 *
4096 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4097 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4098 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4099 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4100 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4101 * an extension setup function.
4102 */
4103 $wgParserConf = [
4104 'class' => 'Parser',
4105 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4106 ];
4107
4108 /**
4109 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4110 */
4111 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4112
4113 /**
4114 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4115 * by PPFrame::expand()
4116 */
4117 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4118
4119 /**
4120 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4121 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4122 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4123 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4124 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4125 *
4126 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4127 */
4128 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4129
4130 /**
4131 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4132 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4133 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4134 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4135 */
4136 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4137
4138 /**
4139 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4140 */
4141 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4142
4143 /**
4144 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4145 *
4146 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4147 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4148 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4149 * more information.
4150 *
4151 * @see wfParseUrl
4152 */
4153 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4154 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4155 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4156 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4157 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4158 ];
4159
4160 /**
4161 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4162 */
4163 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4167 */
4168 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4172 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4173 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4174 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4175 *
4176 * @par Examples:
4177 * @code
4178 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4179 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4180 * @endcode
4181 */
4182 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4183
4184 /**
4185 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4186 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4187 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4188 * The image will be displayed.
4189 *
4190 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4191 * Or false to disable it
4192 */
4193 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4194
4195 /**
4196 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4197 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4198 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4199 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4200 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4201 * sites they control.
4202 */
4203 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4207 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4208 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4209 *
4210 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4211 * parameters will be used instead.
4212 *
4213 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4214 *
4215 * Keys are:
4216 * - driver: May be:
4217 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4218 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4219 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4220 *
4221 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4222 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4223 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4224 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4225 */
4226 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4227
4228 /**
4229 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4230 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4231 */
4232 $wgUseTidy = false;
4233
4234 /**
4235 * The path to the tidy binary.
4236 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4237 */
4238 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4239
4240 /**
4241 * The path to the tidy config file
4242 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4243 */
4244 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4245
4246 /**
4247 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4248 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4249 */
4250 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4251
4252 /**
4253 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4254 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4255 */
4256 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4257
4258 /**
4259 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4260 * Only works for internal tidy.
4261 */
4262 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4266 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4267 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4268 */
4269 $wgRawHtml = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4273 *
4274 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4275 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4276 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4277 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4278 * to some of your users.
4279 */
4280 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4281
4282 /**
4283 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4284 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4285 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4286 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4287 */
4288 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4289
4290 /**
4291 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4292 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4293 */
4294 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4295
4296 /**
4297 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4298 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4299 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4300 *
4301 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4302 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4303 *
4304 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4305 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4306 * etc.
4307 *
4308 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4309 */
4310 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4311
4312 /**
4313 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4314 */
4315 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4316
4317 /**
4318 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4319 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4320 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4321 */
4322 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4323
4324 /**
4325 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4326 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4327 */
4328 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4332 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4333 */
4334 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4338 */
4339 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4343 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4344 */
4345 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4346
4347 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4348
4349 /************************************************************************//**
4350 * @name Statistics
4351 * @{
4352 */
4353
4354 /**
4355 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4356 * as a valid article.
4357 *
4358 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4359 *
4360 * This variable can have the following values:
4361 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4362 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4363 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4364 *
4365 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4366 *
4367 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4368 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4369 * script.
4370 */
4371 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4372
4373 /**
4374 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4375 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4376 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4377 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4378 * numbers between different wikis.
4379 */
4380 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4381
4382 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4383
4384 /************************************************************************//**
4385 * @name User accounts, authentication
4386 * @{
4387 */
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Central ID lookup providers
4391 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4392 * @since 1.27
4393 */
4394 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4395 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4396 ];
4397
4398 /**
4399 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4400 * @var string
4401 */
4402 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4406 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4407 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4408 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4409 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4410 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4411 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4412 * Statements:
4413 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4414 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4415 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4416 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4417 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4418 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4419 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4420 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4421 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4422 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4423 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4424 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4425 * @since 1.26
4426 */
4427 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4428 'policies' => [
4429 'bureaucrat' => [
4430 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4431 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4432 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4433 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4434 ],
4435 'sysop' => [
4436 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4437 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4438 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4439 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4440 ],
4441 'bot' => [
4442 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4443 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4444 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4445 ],
4446 'default' => [
4447 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4448 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4449 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4450 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4451 ],
4452 ],
4453 'checks' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4457 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4458 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4459 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4460 ],
4461 ];
4462
4463 /**
4464 * Disable AuthManager
4465 * @since 1.27
4466 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4467 */
4468 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4469
4470 /**
4471 * Configure AuthManager
4472 *
4473 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4474 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4475 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4476 * (default is 0).
4477 *
4478 * Elements are:
4479 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4480 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4481 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4482 *
4483 * @since 1.27
4484 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4485 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4486 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4487 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4488 */
4489 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4490
4491 /**
4492 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4493 * @since 1.27
4494 */
4495 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4496 'preauth' => [
4497 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4498 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4499 'sort' => 0,
4500 ],
4501 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4502 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4503 'sort' => 0,
4504 ],
4505 ],
4506 'primaryauth' => [
4507 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4508 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4509 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4510 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4511 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4512 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4513 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4514 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4515 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4516 'args' => [ [
4517 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4518 'authoritative' => false,
4519 ] ],
4520 'sort' => 0,
4521 ],
4522 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4523 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4524 'args' => [ [
4525 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4526 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4527 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4528 // password") if it too fails.
4529 'authoritative' => true,
4530 ] ],
4531 'sort' => 100,
4532 ],
4533 ],
4534 'secondaryauth' => [
4535 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4536 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4537 'sort' => 0,
4538 ],
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'sort' => 100,
4542 ],
4543 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4544 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 // 'sort' => 100,
4547 // ],
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 200,
4551 ],
4552 ],
4553 ];
4554
4555 /**
4556 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4557 *
4558 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4559 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4560 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4561 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4562 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4563 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4564 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4565 * that needs to do this.
4566 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4567 * the last X seconds.
4568 * - Come up with a third option.
4569 *
4570 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4571 * "X seconds".
4572 *
4573 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4574 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4575 * - LinkAccounts
4576 * - UnlinkAccount
4577 * - ChangeCredentials
4578 * - RemoveCredentials
4579 * - ChangeEmail
4580 *
4581 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4582 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4583 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4584 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4585 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4586 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4587 *
4588 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4589 *
4590 * @since 1.27
4591 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4592 */
4593 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4594 'default' => 300,
4595 ];
4596
4597 /**
4598 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4599 *
4600 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4601 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4602 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4603 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4604 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4605 *
4606 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4607 *
4608 * @since 1.27
4609 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4610 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4611 */
4612 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4613 'default' => true,
4614 ];
4615
4616 /**
4617 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4618 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4619 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4620 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4621 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4622 * @since 1.27
4623 * @var string[]
4624 */
4625 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4626 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4627 ];
4628
4629 /**
4630 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4631 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4632 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4633 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4634 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4635 * @since 1.27
4636 * @var string[]
4637 */
4638 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4639 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4640 ];
4641
4642 /**
4643 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4644 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4645 */
4646 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4650 * words are allowed.
4651 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4652 */
4653 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4654
4655 /**
4656 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4657 *
4658 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4659 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4660 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4661 *
4662 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4663 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4664 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4665 */
4666 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4667
4668 /**
4669 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4670 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4671 * @since 1.23
4672 */
4673 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4674
4675 /**
4676 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4677 *
4678 * @since 1.24
4679 */
4680 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4684 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4685 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4686 *
4687 * An advanced example:
4688 * @code
4689 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4690 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4691 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4692 * 'secrets' => array(),
4693 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4694 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4695 * 'cost' => 5,
4696 * );
4697 * @endcode
4698 *
4699 * @since 1.24
4700 */
4701 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4702 'A' => [
4703 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4704 ],
4705 'B' => [
4706 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4707 ],
4708 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4709 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4710 'types' => [
4711 'A',
4712 'pbkdf2',
4713 ],
4714 ],
4715 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4716 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4717 'types' => [
4718 'B',
4719 'pbkdf2',
4720 ],
4721 ],
4722 'bcrypt' => [
4723 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4724 'cost' => 9,
4725 ],
4726 'pbkdf2' => [
4727 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4728 'algo' => 'sha512',
4729 'cost' => '30000',
4730 'length' => '64',
4731 ],
4732 ];
4733
4734 /**
4735 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4736 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4737 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4738 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4739 */
4740 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4741 'username' => true,
4742 'email' => true,
4743 ];
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4747 */
4748 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4749
4750 /**
4751 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4752 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4753 */
4754 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4758 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4759 */
4760 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4761 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4762 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4763 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4764 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4765 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4766 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4767 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4768 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4769 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4770 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4771 ];
4772
4773 /**
4774 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4775 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4776 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4777 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4778 */
4779 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4780 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4781 'cols' => 80,
4782 'date' => 'default',
4783 'diffonly' => 0,
4784 'disablemail' => 0,
4785 'editfont' => 'default',
4786 'editondblclick' => 0,
4787 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4788 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4789 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4790 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4791 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4792 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4793 'fancysig' => 0,
4794 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4795 'gender' => 'unknown',
4796 'hideminor' => 0,
4797 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4798 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4799 'imagesize' => 2,
4800 'math' => 1,
4801 'minordefault' => 0,
4802 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4803 'nickname' => '',
4804 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4805 'numberheadings' => 0,
4806 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4807 'previewontop' => 1,
4808 'rcdays' => 7,
4809 'rclimit' => 50,
4810 'rows' => 25,
4811 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4812 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4813 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4814 'skin' => false,
4815 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4816 'thumbsize' => 5,
4817 'underline' => 2,
4818 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4819 'usenewrc' => 1,
4820 'watchcreations' => 1,
4821 'watchdefault' => 1,
4822 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4823 'watchuploads' => 1,
4824 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4825 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4826 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4827 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4828 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4829 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4830 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4831 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4832 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4833 'watchmoves' => 0,
4834 'watchrollback' => 0,
4835 'wllimit' => 250,
4836 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4837 'prefershttps' => 1,
4838 ];
4839
4840 /**
4841 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4842 */
4843 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4844
4845 /**
4846 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4847 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4848 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4849 */
4850 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4851
4852 /**
4853 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4854 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4855 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4856 *
4857 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4858 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4859 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4860 */
4861 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4862
4863 /**
4864 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4865 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4866 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4867 * @since 1.17
4868 */
4869 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4870
4871 /**
4872 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4873 *
4874 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4875 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4876 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4877 *
4878 * @since 1.27
4879 * @var string|null
4880 */
4881 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4882
4883 /**
4884 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4885 *
4886 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4887 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4888 *
4889 * @since 1.27
4890 */
4891 $wgSessionProviders = [
4892 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4893 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4894 'args' => [ [
4895 'priority' => 30,
4896 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4897 ] ],
4898 ],
4899 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4900 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4901 'args' => [ [
4902 'priority' => 75,
4903 ] ],
4904 ],
4905 ];
4906
4907 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4908
4909 /************************************************************************//**
4910 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4911 * @{
4912 */
4913
4914 /**
4915 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4916 */
4917 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4918
4919 /**
4920 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4921 */
4922 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4923
4924 /**
4925 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4926 */
4927 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4931 *
4932 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4933 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4934 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4935 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4936 *
4937 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4938 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4939 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4940 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4941 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4942 */
4943 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4944 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4945 'IPv6' => 19,
4946 ];
4947
4948 /**
4949 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4950 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4951 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4952 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4953 * anonymous visitors.
4954 */
4955 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4956
4957 /**
4958 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4959 *
4960 * @par Example:
4961 * @code
4962 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4963 * @endcode
4964 *
4965 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4966 *
4967 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4968 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4969 *
4970 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4971 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4972 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4973 */
4974 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4975
4976 /**
4977 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4978 *
4979 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4980 * is without underscore.
4981 *
4982 * @par Example:
4983 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4984 * @code
4985 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4986 * @endcode
4987 *
4988 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4989 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4990 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4991 *
4992 * @par Example:
4993 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4994 * @code
4995 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
4996 * @endcode
4997 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4998 *
4999 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5000 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5001 */
5002 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5003
5004 /**
5005 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5006 * address before being allowed to edit?
5007 */
5008 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5012 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5013 */
5014 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5015
5016 /**
5017 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5018 *
5019 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5020 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5021 *
5022 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5023 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5024 *
5025 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5026 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5027 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5028 * in in the user_groups table.
5029 *
5030 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
5031 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5032 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5033 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5034 *
5035 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5036 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5037 *
5038 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5039 */
5040 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5041
5042 /** @cond file_level_code */
5043 // Implicit group for all visitors
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5045 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5047 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5057 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5058
5059 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5078
5079 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5082
5083 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5084 // from various log pages by default
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5093
5094 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5098 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5100 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5102 // can view deleted revision text
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5135 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5136 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5140
5141 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5144 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5145 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5146 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5148
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5150 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5151 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5152 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5153 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5154 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5155 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5157 // For private suppression log access
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5159
5160 /**
5161 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5162 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5163 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5164 * server.
5165 */
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5167
5168 /** @endcond */
5169
5170 /**
5171 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5172 *
5173 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5174 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5175 *
5176 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5177 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5178 */
5179 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5180
5181 /**
5182 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5183 */
5184 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5185
5186 /**
5187 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5188 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5189 *
5190 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5191 * group".
5192 *
5193 * @par Example:
5194 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5195 * @code
5196 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
5197 * @endcode
5198 *
5199 * @par Example:
5200 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5201 * @code
5202 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
5203 * @endcode
5204 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5205 * any group that they happen to be in.
5206 */
5207 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5208
5209 /**
5210 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5211 */
5212 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5213
5214 /**
5215 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5216 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5217 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5218 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5219 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5220 */
5221 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5222
5223 /**
5224 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5225 *
5226 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5227 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5228 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5229 *
5230 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5231 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5232 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5233 */
5234 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5235
5236 /**
5237 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5238 *
5239 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5240 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5241 *
5242 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5243 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5244 */
5245 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5246
5247 /**
5248 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5249 *
5250 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5251 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5252 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5253 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5254 * "semiprotected".
5255 *
5256 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5257 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5258 */
5259 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5263 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5264 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5265 *
5266 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5267 */
5268 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5269
5270 /**
5271 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5272 *
5273 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5274 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5275 *
5276 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5277 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5278 */
5279 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5283 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5284 * privileges of new accounts.
5285 *
5286 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5287 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5288 *
5289 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5290 *
5291 * @par Example:
5292 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5293 * @code
5294 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5295 * @endcode
5296 * Set age to one day:
5297 * @code
5298 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5299 * @endcode
5300 */
5301 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5302
5303 /**
5304 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5305 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5306 *
5307 * @par Example:
5308 * @code
5309 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5310 * @endcode
5311 */
5312 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5316 *
5317 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5318 *
5319 * The format is
5320 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5321 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5322 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5323 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5324 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5325 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5326 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5327 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5328 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5329 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5330 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5331 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5332 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5333 *
5334 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5335 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5336 */
5337 $wgAutopromote = [
5338 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5339 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5340 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5341 ],
5342 ];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5346 *
5347 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5348 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5349 *
5350 * The format is:
5351 * @code
5352 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5353 * @endcode
5354 * Where event is either:
5355 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5356 *
5357 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5358 *
5359 * @see $wgAutopromote
5360 * @since 1.18
5361 */
5362 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5363 'onEdit' => [],
5364 ];
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5368 * @since 1.18
5369 */
5370 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5371
5372 /**
5373 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5374 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5375 *
5376 * @par Example:
5377 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5378 * @code
5379 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5380 * @endcode
5381 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5382 * @code
5383 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5384 * @endcode
5385 * Sysops can make bots:
5386 * @code
5387 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5388 * @endcode
5389 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5392 * @endcode
5393 */
5394 $wgAddGroups = [];
5395
5396 /**
5397 * @see $wgAddGroups
5398 */
5399 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5400
5401 /**
5402 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5403 * For extensions only.
5404 */
5405 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5406
5407 /**
5408 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5409 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5410 */
5411 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5412
5413 /**
5414 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5415 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5416 * This is limited for performance reason.
5417 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5418 * @since 1.23
5419 */
5420 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5421
5422 /**
5423 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5424 *
5425 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5426 */
5427 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5428
5429 /**
5430 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5431 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5432 *
5433 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5434 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5435 *
5436 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5437 *
5438 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5439 */
5440 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5441
5442 /**
5443 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5444 */
5445 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5446
5447 /**
5448 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5449 * proxies
5450 * @since 1.16
5451 */
5452 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5453
5454 /**
5455 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5456 *
5457 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5458 * the blacklist require a key).
5459 *
5460 * @par Example:
5461 * @code
5462 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5463 * // String containing URL
5464 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5465 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5466 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5467 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5468 * // just use a string as shown above
5469 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5470 * );
5471 * @endcode
5472 *
5473 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5474 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5475 * @since 1.16
5476 */
5477 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5478
5479 /**
5480 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5481 * what the other methods might say.
5482 */
5483 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5484
5485 /**
5486 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5487 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5488 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5489 */
5490 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5491
5492 /**
5493 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5494 *
5495 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5496 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5497 * elapses.
5498 *
5499 * @par Example:
5500 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5501 * @code
5502 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5503 * @endcode
5504 *
5505 * @par Example:
5506 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5509 * 'edit' => array(
5510 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5511 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5512 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5513 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5514 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5515 * )
5516 * )
5517 * @endcode
5518 *
5519 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5520 */
5521 $wgRateLimits = [
5522 // Page edits
5523 'edit' => [
5524 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5525 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5526 ],
5527 // Page moves
5528 'move' => [
5529 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5530 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5531 ],
5532 // File uploads
5533 'upload' => [
5534 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5535 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5536 ],
5537 // Page rollbacks
5538 'rollback' => [
5539 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5540 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5541 ],
5542 // Triggering password resets emails
5543 'mailpassword' => [
5544 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5545 ],
5546 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5547 'emailuser' => [
5548 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5549 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5550 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5551 ],
5552 // Purging pages
5553 'purge' => [
5554 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5555 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5556 ],
5557 // Purges of link tables
5558 'linkpurge' => [
5559 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5560 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5561 ],
5562 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5563 'renderfile' => [
5564 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5565 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5566 ],
5567 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5568 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5569 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5570 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5571 ],
5572 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5573 'stashedit' => [
5574 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5575 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5576 ],
5577 // Adding or removing change tags
5578 'changetag' => [
5579 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5580 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5581 ],
5582 ];
5583
5584 /**
5585 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5586 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5587 */
5588 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5592 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5593 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5594 */
5595 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5599 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5600 */
5601 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5605 *
5606 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5607 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5608 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5609 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5610 *
5611 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5612 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5613 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5614 */
5615 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5616 // Short term limit
5617 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5618 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5619 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5620 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5621 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5622 ];
5623
5624 /**
5625 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5626 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5627 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5628 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5629 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5630 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5631 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5632 * @since 1.27
5633 */
5634 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5635
5636 // @TODO: clean up grants
5637 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5638
5639 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5640 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoreview'] = true;
5642 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5645 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5649 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['torunblocked'] = true;
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5651
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5656
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5661
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5664
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5666 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5668
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5670
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5673 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5675
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5683
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5686
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5695
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5697
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5700
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5704
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5712
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5715
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5717
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5719
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5721
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5723
5724 /**
5725 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5726 * @since 1.27
5727 */
5728 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5729 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5730 'basic' => 'hidden',
5731
5732 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5733 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5734 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5735 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5736
5737 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5738 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5739
5740 'sendemail' => 'email',
5741
5742 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5743 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5744
5745 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5746 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5747
5748 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5749 'rollback' => 'administration',
5750 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5751 'delete' => 'administration',
5752 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5753 'protect' => 'administration',
5754 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5755
5756 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5757 ];
5758
5759 /**
5760 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5761 * @since 1.27
5762 */
5763 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5764
5765 /**
5766 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5767 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5768 * @since 1.27
5769 */
5770 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5771
5772 /**
5773 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5774 *
5775 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5776 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5777 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5778 * @since 1.27
5779 */
5780 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5781
5782 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5783
5784 /************************************************************************//**
5785 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5786 * @{
5787 */
5788
5789 /**
5790 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5791 */
5792 $wgSecretKey = false;
5793
5794 /**
5795 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5796 *
5797 * This can have the following formats:
5798 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5799 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5800 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5801 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5802 */
5803 $wgProxyList = [];
5804
5805 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5806
5807 /************************************************************************//**
5808 * @name Cookie settings
5809 * @{
5810 */
5811
5812 /**
5813 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5814 */
5815 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5816
5817 /**
5818 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5819 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5820 *
5821 * @var string[]
5822 */
5823 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5824
5825 /**
5826 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5827 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5828 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5829 * login cookies session-only.
5830 */
5831 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5832
5833 /**
5834 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5835 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5836 */
5837 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5838
5839 /**
5840 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5841 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5842 */
5843 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5844
5845 /**
5846 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5847 * - true: Set secure flag
5848 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5849 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5850 */
5851 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5852
5853 /**
5854 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5855 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5856 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5857 * check.
5858 */
5859 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5860
5861 /**
5862 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5863 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5864 * name to be used as a prefix.
5865 */
5866 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5867
5868 /**
5869 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5870 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5871 * XSS attack.
5872 */
5873 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5874
5875 /**
5876 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5877 */
5878 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5879
5880 /**
5881 * Override to customise the session name
5882 */
5883 $wgSessionName = false;
5884
5885 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5886
5887 /************************************************************************//**
5888 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5889 * @{
5890 */
5891
5892 /**
5893 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5894 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5895 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5896 * Please see math/README for more information.
5897 */
5898 $wgUseTeX = false;
5899
5900 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5901
5902 /************************************************************************//**
5903 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5904 *
5905 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5906 *
5907 * @{
5908 */
5909
5910 /**
5911 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5912 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5913 * may contain private data.
5914 */
5915 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5916
5917 /**
5918 * Prefix for debug log lines
5919 */
5920 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5921
5922 /**
5923 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5924 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5925 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5926 */
5927 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5931 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5932 * and gen=js requests.
5933 */
5934 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5935
5936 /**
5937 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5938 *
5939 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5940 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5941 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5942 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5943 */
5944 $wgDebugComments = false;
5945
5946 /**
5947 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5948 *
5949 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5950 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5951 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5952 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5953 */
5954 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5955
5956 /**
5957 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5958 *
5959 * @since 1.26
5960 */
5961 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5962 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5963 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5964 'GET' => [
5965 'masterConns' => 0,
5966 'writes' => 0,
5967 'readQueryTime' => 5
5968 ],
5969 // HTTP POST requests.
5970 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5971 'POST' => [
5972 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5973 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5974 'maxAffected' => 500
5975 ],
5976 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5977 'masterConns' => 0,
5978 'writes' => 0,
5979 'readQueryTime' => 5
5980 ],
5981 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5982 'PostSend' => [
5983 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5984 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5985 'maxAffected' => 500
5986 ],
5987 // Background job runner
5988 'JobRunner' => [
5989 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5990 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5991 'maxAffected' => 1000
5992 ],
5993 // Command-line scripts
5994 'Maintenance' => [
5995 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5996 'maxAffected' => 1000
5997 ]
5998 ];
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6002 *
6003 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6004 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6005 * in production.
6006 *
6007 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6008 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6009 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6010 * - associative array with keys:
6011 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6012 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6013 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6014 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6015 *
6016 * @par Example:
6017 * @code
6018 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6019 * @endcode
6020 *
6021 * @par Advanced example:
6022 * @code
6023 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
6024 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6025 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6026 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6027 * );
6028 * @endcode
6029 */
6030 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6031
6032 /**
6033 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6034 *
6035 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6036 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6037 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6038 * details.
6039 *
6040 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6041 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6042 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6043 *
6044 * @par To completely disable logging:
6045 * @code
6046 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
6047 * @endcode
6048 *
6049 * @since 1.25
6050 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6051 * @see MwLogger
6052 */
6053 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6054 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6055 ];
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6059 *
6060 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6061 */
6062 $wgShowDebug = false;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6066 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6067 */
6068 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6072 */
6073 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6074
6075 /**
6076 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6077 */
6078 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6082 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6083 * to an attacker.
6084 */
6085 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6086
6087 /**
6088 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6089 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6090 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6091 * formatting.
6092 */
6093 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6094
6095 /**
6096 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6097 *
6098 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6099 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6100 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6101 * exception handler.
6102 */
6103 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6104
6105 /**
6106 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6107 */
6108 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6109
6110 /**
6111 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6112 */
6113 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6114
6115 /**
6116 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6117 * Should be a string, default false.
6118 * @since 1.20
6119 */
6120 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6124 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6125 */
6126 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6127
6128 /**
6129 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6130 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6131 * after the limit.
6132 */
6133 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6134
6135 /**
6136 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6137 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6138 */
6139 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6143 *
6144 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6145 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6146 */
6147 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6148
6149 /**
6150 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6151 *
6152 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6153 *
6154 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6155 *
6156 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6157 * @since 1.25
6158 */
6159 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6160
6161 /**
6162 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6163 *
6164 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6165 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6166 * @since 1.25
6167 */
6168 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6169
6170 /**
6171 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6172 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6173 * templates.
6174 */
6175 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6176
6177 /**
6178 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6179 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6180 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6181 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6182 */
6183 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6184
6185 /**
6186 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6187 * filename is passed to it.
6188 *
6189 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6190 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6191 *
6192 * Use full paths.
6193 */
6194 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6195 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6196 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6197 ];
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6201 */
6202 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6203
6204 /**
6205 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6206 * @since 1.19
6207 */
6208 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6209
6210 /**
6211 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6212 * queries and other useful output.
6213 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6214 *
6215 * @since 1.19
6216 */
6217 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6218
6219 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6220
6221 /************************************************************************//**
6222 * @name Search
6223 * @{
6224 */
6225
6226 /**
6227 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6228 */
6229 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6233 * by default off due to execution overhead
6234 */
6235 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6239 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6240 */
6241 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6242
6243 /**
6244 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6245 *
6246 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6247 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6248 *
6249 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6250 *
6251 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6252 */
6253 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6254
6255 /**
6256 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6257 *
6258 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6259 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6260 *
6261 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6262 */
6263 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6264 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6265 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6266 ];
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6270 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6271 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6272 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6273 */
6274 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6278 * OpenSearch call.
6279 */
6280 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6284 */
6285 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6289 */
6290 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6294 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6295 */
6296 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6300 *
6301 * @par Example:
6302 * @code
6303 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6304 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6305 * @endcode
6306 */
6307 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6308 NS_MAIN => true,
6309 ];
6310
6311 /**
6312 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6313 * implemented by an extension instead.
6314 */
6315 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6316
6317 /**
6318 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6319 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6320 * search term.
6321 *
6322 * @par Example:
6323 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6324 * @code
6325 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6326 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6327 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6328 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6329 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6330 * @endcode
6331 */
6332 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Search form behavior.
6336 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6337 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6338 */
6339 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6343 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6344 * generated for all namespaces.
6345 */
6346 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6347
6348 /**
6349 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6350 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6351 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6352 *
6353 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6354 * @par Example:
6355 * @code
6356 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6357 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6358 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6359 * );
6360 * @endcode
6361 */
6362 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6363
6364 /**
6365 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6366 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6367 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6368 */
6369 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6370
6371 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6372
6373 /************************************************************************//**
6374 * @name Edit user interface
6375 * @{
6376 */
6377
6378 /**
6379 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6380 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6381 */
6382 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6383
6384 /**
6385 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6386 */
6387 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6388
6389 /**
6390 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6391 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6392 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6393 */
6394 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6395 NS_CATEGORY => true
6396 ];
6397
6398 /**
6399 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6400 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6401 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6402 */
6403 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6404
6405 /**
6406 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6407 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6408 * ting this variable false.
6409 */
6410 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6411
6412 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6413
6414 /************************************************************************//**
6415 * @name Maintenance
6416 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6417 * @{
6418 */
6419
6420 /**
6421 * @cond file_level_code
6422 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6423 */
6424 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6425 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6426 }
6427 /** @endcond */
6428
6429 /**
6430 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6431 */
6432 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6436 * used as an explanation to users.
6437 *
6438 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6439 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6440 * option in MySQL.
6441 */
6442 $wgReadOnly = null;
6443
6444 /**
6445 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6446 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6447 * message.
6448 *
6449 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6450 */
6451 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6452
6453 /**
6454 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6455 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6456 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6457 *
6458 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6459 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6460 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6461 */
6462 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6463
6464 /**
6465 * Fully specified path to git binary
6466 */
6467 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6468
6469 /**
6470 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6471 *
6472 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6473 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6474 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6475 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6476 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6477 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6478 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6479 *
6480 * @since 1.20
6481 */
6482 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6483 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6484 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6485 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6486 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6487 ];
6488
6489 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6490
6491 /************************************************************************//**
6492 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6493 * @{
6494 */
6495
6496 /**
6497 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6498 * seconds will go.
6499 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6500 */
6501 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6502
6503 /**
6504 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6505 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6506 * @since 1.26
6507 */
6508 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6509
6510 /**
6511 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6512 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6513 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6514 * @since 1.26
6515 */
6516 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6517
6518 /**
6519 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6520 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6521 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6522 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6523 * is still there.
6524 */
6525 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6529 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6530 */
6531 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6532
6533 /**
6534 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6535 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6536 */
6537 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6538
6539 /**
6540 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6541 * should be sent.
6542 *
6543 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6544 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6545 * specified server.
6546 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6547 *
6548 * The common options are:
6549 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6550 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6551 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6552 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6553 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6554 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6555 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6556 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6557 *
6558 * The IRC-specific options are:
6559 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6560 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6561 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6562 *
6563 * The JSON-specific options are:
6564 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6565 *
6566 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6567 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6568 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6569 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6570 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6571 * );
6572 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6573 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6574 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6575 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6576 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6577 * );
6578 * @since 1.22
6579 */
6580 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6581
6582 /**
6583 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6584 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6585 */
6586 $wgRCEngines = [
6587 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6588 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6589 ];
6590
6591 /**
6592 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6593 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6594 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6595 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6596 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6597 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6598 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6599 *
6600 * @since 1.27
6601 */
6602 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6603
6604 /**
6605 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6606 * New pages and new files are included.
6607 */
6608 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6612 */
6613 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6614
6615 /**
6616 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6617 *
6618 * @since 1.27
6619 */
6620 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6624 */
6625 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6626
6627 /**
6628 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6629 */
6630 $wgFeed = true;
6631
6632 /**
6633 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6634 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6635 */
6636 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6640 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6641 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6642 *
6643 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6644 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6645 */
6646 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6647
6648 /**
6649 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6650 * pages larger than this size.
6651 */
6652 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6653
6654 /**
6655 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6656 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6657 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6658 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6659 * as value.
6660 * @par Example:
6661 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6662 * @code
6663 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6664 * @endcode
6665 */
6666 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Available feeds objects.
6670 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6671 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6672 */
6673 $wgFeedClasses = [
6674 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6675 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6676 ];
6677
6678 /**
6679 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6680 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6681 */
6682 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6683
6684 /**
6685 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6686 */
6687 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6688
6689 /**
6690 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6691 */
6692 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6693
6694 /**
6695 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6696 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6697 * highlighted on the RC page.
6698 */
6699 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6700
6701 /**
6702 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6703 * view for watched pages with new changes
6704 */
6705 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6709 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6710 */
6711 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6712
6713 /**
6714 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6715 */
6716 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6717
6718 /**
6719 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6720 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6721 */
6722 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6723
6724 /**
6725 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6726 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6727 * watchers.
6728 *
6729 * @since 1.21
6730 */
6731 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6732
6733 /**
6734 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6735 * certain types of edits.
6736 *
6737 * To register a new one:
6738 * @code
6739 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6740 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6741 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6742 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6743 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6744 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6745 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6746 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6747 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6748 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6749 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6750 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6751 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6752 * );
6753 * @endcode
6754 *
6755 * @since 1.22
6756 */
6757 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6758 'newpage' => [
6759 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6760 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6761 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6762 'grouping' => 'any',
6763 ],
6764 'minor' => [
6765 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6766 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6767 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6768 'class' => 'minoredit',
6769 'grouping' => 'all',
6770 ],
6771 'bot' => [
6772 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6773 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6774 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6775 'class' => 'botedit',
6776 'grouping' => 'all',
6777 ],
6778 'unpatrolled' => [
6779 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6780 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6781 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6782 'grouping' => 'any',
6783 ],
6784 ];
6785
6786 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6787
6788 /************************************************************************//**
6789 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6790 * @{
6791 */
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Override for copyright metadata.
6795 *
6796 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6797 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6798 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6799 */
6800 $wgRightsPage = null;
6801
6802 /**
6803 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6804 * wiki.
6805 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6806 */
6807 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6808
6809 /**
6810 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6811 * link.
6812 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6813 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6814 */
6815 $wgRightsText = null;
6816
6817 /**
6818 * Override for copyright metadata.
6819 */
6820 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6821
6822 /**
6823 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6824 */
6825 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6829 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6830 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6831 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6832 * large wikis.
6833 */
6834 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6838 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6839 */
6840 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6841
6842 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6843
6844 /************************************************************************//**
6845 * @name Import / Export
6846 * @{
6847 */
6848
6849 /**
6850 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6851 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6852 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6853 *
6854 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6855 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6856 * e.g.
6857 * @code
6858 * $wgImportSources = array(
6859 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6860 * 'wikispecies',
6861 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6862 * );
6863 * @endcode
6864 *
6865 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6866 * the ImportSources hook.
6867 *
6868 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6869 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6870 */
6871 $wgImportSources = [];
6872
6873 /**
6874 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6875 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6876 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6877 *
6878 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6879 */
6880 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6881
6882 /**
6883 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6884 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6885 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6886 */
6887 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6888
6889 /**
6890 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6891 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6892 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6893 */
6894 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6895
6896 /**
6897 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6898 */
6899 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6900
6901 /**
6902 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6903 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6904 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6905 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6906 * it's disabled by default for now.
6907 *
6908 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6909 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6910 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6911 */
6912 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6913
6914 /**
6915 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6916 */
6917 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6918
6919 /**
6920 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6921 */
6922 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6926 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6927 *
6928 * @since 1.27
6929 */
6930 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6931
6932 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6933
6934 /*************************************************************************//**
6935 * @name Extensions
6936 * @{
6937 */
6938
6939 /**
6940 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6941 * initialised
6942 */
6943 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6944
6945 /**
6946 * Extension messages files.
6947 *
6948 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6949 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6950 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6951 * is the most common.
6952 *
6953 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6954 * in the core.
6955 *
6956 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6957 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6958 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6959 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6960 *
6961 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6962 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6963 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6964 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6965 *
6966 * @par Example:
6967 * @code
6968 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6969 * @endcode
6970 */
6971 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6972
6973 /**
6974 * Extension messages directories.
6975 *
6976 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6977 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6978 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6979 * message directories.
6980 *
6981 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6982 *
6983 * @par Simple example:
6984 * @code
6985 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6986 * @endcode
6987 *
6988 * @par Complex example:
6989 * @code
6990 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6991 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6992 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6993 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6994 * )
6995 * @endcode
6996 * @since 1.23
6997 */
6998 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6999
7000 /**
7001 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7002 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7003 * @since 1.22
7004 */
7005 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7006
7007 /**
7008 * Parser output hooks.
7009 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7010 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7011 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7012 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7013 *
7014 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7015 *
7016 * The callback has the form:
7017 * @code
7018 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7019 * @endcode
7020 */
7021 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7022
7023 /**
7024 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7025 */
7026 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7027
7028 /**
7029 * List of valid skin names
7030 *
7031 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7032 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7033 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7034 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7035 */
7036 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7037
7038 /**
7039 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7040 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7041 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7042 * SpecialPage.
7043 */
7044 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7045
7046 /**
7047 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7048 */
7049 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7053 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7054 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7055 */
7056 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7057
7058 /**
7059 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7060 *
7061 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7062 *
7063 * @code
7064 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
7065 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7066 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7067 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7068 * 'author' => array(
7069 * 'Foo Barstein',
7070 * ),
7071 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7072 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7073 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7074 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7075 * );
7076 * @endcode
7077 *
7078 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7079 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7080 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7081 * interpreted as wikitext.
7082 *
7083 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7084 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7085 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7086 *
7087 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7088 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7089 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7090 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7091 *
7092 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7093 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7094 * usually are.)
7095 *
7096 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7097 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7098 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7099 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7100 *
7101 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7102 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7103 *
7104 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7105 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7106 *
7107 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7108 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7109 */
7110 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7111
7112 /**
7113 * Authentication plugin.
7114 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7115 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7116 */
7117 $wgAuth = null;
7118
7119 /**
7120 * Global list of hooks.
7121 *
7122 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7123 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7124 * internally by Hook:run().
7125 *
7126 * The value can be one of:
7127 *
7128 * - A function name:
7129 * @code
7130 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7131 * @endcode
7132 * - A function with some data:
7133 * @code
7134 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
7135 * @endcode
7136 * - A an object method:
7137 * @code
7138 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
7139 * @endcode
7140 * - A closure:
7141 * @code
7142 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7143 * // Handler code goes here.
7144 * };
7145 * @endcode
7146 *
7147 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7148 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7149 *
7150 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7151 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7152 */
7153 $wgHooks = [];
7154
7155 /**
7156 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7157 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7158 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7159 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7160 * hook for that.
7161 *
7162 * @see MediaWikiServices
7163 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7164 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7165 */
7166 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7167 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7168 ];
7169
7170 /**
7171 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7172 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7173 */
7174 $wgJobClasses = [
7175 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7176 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7177 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7178 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7179 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7180 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7181 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7182 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7183 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7184 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7185 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7186 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7187 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7188 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7189 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7190 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7191 'null' => 'NullJob'
7192 ];
7193
7194 /**
7195 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7196 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7197 *
7198 * These can be:
7199 * - Very long-running jobs.
7200 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7201 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7202 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7203 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7204 */
7205 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7206
7207 /**
7208 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7209 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7210 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7211 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7212 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7213 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7214 * @var float[]
7215 */
7216 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7217
7218 /**
7219 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7220 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7221 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7222 *
7223 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7224 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7225 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7226 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7227 *
7228 * @var float|bool
7229 * @since 1.26
7230 */
7231 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7232
7233 /**
7234 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7235 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7236 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7237 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7238 */
7239 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7240 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7241 ];
7242
7243 /**
7244 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7245 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7246 */
7247 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7248 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7249 ];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7253 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7254 */
7255 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7256 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7257 ];
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7261 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7262 * or:
7263 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7264 * Hooks should return strings or false
7265 */
7266 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7267
7268 /**
7269 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7270 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7271 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7272 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7273 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7274 */
7275 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7276 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7277 ];
7278
7279 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7280
7281 /*************************************************************************//**
7282 * @name Categories
7283 * @{
7284 */
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7288 */
7289 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7290
7291 /**
7292 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7293 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7294 */
7295 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7296
7297 /**
7298 * Paging limit for categories
7299 */
7300 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7301
7302 /**
7303 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7304 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7305 *
7306 * Available values are:
7307 *
7308 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7309 *
7310 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7311 *
7312 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7313 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7314 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7315 *
7316 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7317 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7318 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7319 * server.
7320 *
7321 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7322 * the sort keys in the database.
7323 *
7324 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7325 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7326 */
7327 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7328
7329 /** @} */ # End categories }
7330
7331 /*************************************************************************//**
7332 * @name Logging
7333 * @{
7334 */
7335
7336 /**
7337 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7338 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7339 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7340 * log type.
7341 */
7342 $wgLogTypes = [
7343 '',
7344 'block',
7345 'protect',
7346 'rights',
7347 'delete',
7348 'upload',
7349 'move',
7350 'import',
7351 'patrol',
7352 'merge',
7353 'suppress',
7354 'tag',
7355 'managetags',
7356 'contentmodel',
7357 ];
7358
7359 /**
7360 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7361 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7362 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7363 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7364 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7365 */
7366 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7367 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7368 ];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7372 *
7373 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7374 *
7375 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7376 *
7377 * @par Example:
7378 * @code
7379 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7380 * 'move' => true,
7381 * 'import' => false,
7382 * );
7383 * @endcode
7384 *
7385 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7386 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7387 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7388 *
7389 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7390 * for the link text.
7391 */
7392 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7393 'patrol' => true,
7394 'tag' => true,
7395 ];
7396
7397 /**
7398 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7399 * will be listed in the user interface.
7400 *
7401 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7402 *
7403 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7404 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7405 */
7406 $wgLogNames = [
7407 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7408 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7409 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7410 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7411 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7412 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7413 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7414 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7415 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7416 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7417 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7418 ];
7419
7420 /**
7421 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7422 * top of each log type.
7423 *
7424 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7425 *
7426 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7427 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7428 */
7429 $wgLogHeaders = [
7430 '' => 'alllogstext',
7431 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7432 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7433 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7434 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7435 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7436 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7437 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7438 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7439 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7440 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7441 ];
7442
7443 /**
7444 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7445 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7446 *
7447 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7448 */
7449 $wgLogActions = [];
7450
7451 /**
7452 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7453 * not messages.
7454 * @see LogPage::actionText
7455 * @see LogFormatter
7456 */
7457 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7458 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7459 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7460 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7461 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7462 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7463 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7464 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7465 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7466 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7467 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7468 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7469 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7470 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7471 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7472 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7473 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7474 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7475 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7476 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7477 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7478 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7479 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7480 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7481 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7482 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7483 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7484 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7485 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7486 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7487 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7488 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7489 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7490 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7491 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7492 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7493 ];
7494
7495 /**
7496 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7497 *
7498 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7499 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7500 * Extensions may append to this array
7501 * @since 1.27
7502 */
7503 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7504 'block' => [
7505 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7506 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7507 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7508 ],
7509 'contentmodel' => [
7510 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7511 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7512 ],
7513 'delete' => [
7514 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7515 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7516 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7517 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7518 ],
7519 'import' => [
7520 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7521 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7522 ],
7523 'managetags' => [
7524 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7525 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7526 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7527 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7528 ],
7529 'move' => [
7530 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7531 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7532 ],
7533 'newusers' => [
7534 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7535 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7536 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7537 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7538 ],
7539 'patrol' => [
7540 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7541 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7542 ],
7543 'protect' => [
7544 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7545 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7546 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7547 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7548 ],
7549 'rights' => [
7550 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7551 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7552 ],
7553 'suppress' => [
7554 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7555 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7556 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7557 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7558 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7559 ],
7560 'upload' => [
7561 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7562 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7563 ],
7564 ];
7565
7566 /**
7567 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7568 */
7569 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7570
7571 /** @} */ # end logging }
7572
7573 /*************************************************************************//**
7574 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7575 * @{
7576 */
7577
7578 /**
7579 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7580 */
7581 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7582
7583 /**
7584 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7585 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7586 */
7587 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7588
7589 /**
7590 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7591 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7592 */
7593 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7594
7595 /**
7596 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7597 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7598 */
7599 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7600
7601 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7602
7603 /*************************************************************************//**
7604 * @name Actions
7605 * @{
7606 */
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7610 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7611 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7612 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7613 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7614 * instead of the default class.
7615 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7616 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7617 */
7618 $wgActions = [
7619 'credits' => true,
7620 'delete' => true,
7621 'edit' => true,
7622 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7623 'history' => true,
7624 'info' => true,
7625 'markpatrolled' => true,
7626 'protect' => true,
7627 'purge' => true,
7628 'raw' => true,
7629 'render' => true,
7630 'revert' => true,
7631 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7632 'rollback' => true,
7633 'submit' => true,
7634 'unprotect' => true,
7635 'unwatch' => true,
7636 'view' => true,
7637 'watch' => true,
7638 ];
7639
7640 /** @} */ # end actions }
7641
7642 /*************************************************************************//**
7643 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7644 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7645 * @{
7646 */
7647
7648 /**
7649 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7650 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7651 * basis.
7652 */
7653 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7654
7655 /**
7656 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7657 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7658 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7659 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7660 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7661 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7662 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7663 *
7664 * @par Example:
7665 * @code
7666 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7667 * @endcode
7668 */
7669 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7670
7671 /**
7672 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7673 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7674 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7675 *
7676 * @par Example:
7677 * @code
7678 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7679 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7680 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7681 * );
7682 * @endcode
7683 *
7684 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7685 * forms:
7686 * @code
7687 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7688 * # Underscore, not space!
7689 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7690 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7691 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7692 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7693 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7694 * );
7695 * @endcode
7696 */
7697 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7698
7699 /**
7700 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7701 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7702 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7703 *
7704 * @par Example:
7705 * @code
7706 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7707 * @endcode
7708 */
7709 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7710
7711 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7712
7713 /************************************************************************//**
7714 * @name AJAX and API
7715 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7716 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7717 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7718 * @{
7719 */
7720
7721 /**
7722 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7723 * machine-readable data via api.php
7724 *
7725 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7726 */
7727 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7728
7729 /**
7730 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7731 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7732 * accesses it
7733 */
7734 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7735
7736 /**
7737 *
7738 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7739 *
7740 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7741 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7742 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7743 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7744 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7745 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7746 * requiring POST.
7747 *
7748 * @since 1.21
7749 */
7750 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7751
7752 /**
7753 * API module extensions.
7754 *
7755 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7756 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7757 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7758 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7759 *
7760 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7761 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7762 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7763 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7764 * field.
7765 *
7766 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7767 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7768 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7769 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7770 *
7771 * Examples for registering API modules:
7772 *
7773 * @code
7774 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7775 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7776 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7777 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7778 * );
7779 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7780 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7781 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7782 * );
7783 * @endcode
7784 *
7785 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7786 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7787 */
7788 $wgAPIModules = [];
7789
7790 /**
7791 * API format module extensions.
7792 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7793 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7794 *
7795 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7796 */
7797 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7798
7799 /**
7800 * API Query meta module extensions.
7801 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7802 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7803 *
7804 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7805 */
7806 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7807
7808 /**
7809 * API Query prop module extensions.
7810 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7811 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7812 *
7813 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7814 */
7815 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7816
7817 /**
7818 * API Query list module extensions.
7819 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7820 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7821 *
7822 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7823 */
7824 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7825
7826 /**
7827 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7828 * The default value is generally fine
7829 */
7830 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7831
7832 /**
7833 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7834 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7835 */
7836 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7837
7838 /**
7839 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7840 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7841 */
7842 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7843
7844 /**
7845 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7846 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7847 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7848 */
7849 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7850
7851 /**
7852 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7853 * API request logging
7854 */
7855 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7856
7857 /**
7858 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7859 */
7860 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7861
7862 /**
7863 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7864 * API queries.
7865 */
7866 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7867 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7868 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7869 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7870 ];
7871
7872 /**
7873 * Enable AJAX framework
7874 */
7875 $wgUseAjax = true;
7876
7877 /**
7878 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7879 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7880 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7881 */
7882 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7883
7884 /**
7885 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7886 */
7887 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7888
7889 /**
7890 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7891 */
7892 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7893
7894 /**
7895 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7896 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7897 */
7898 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7902 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7903 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7904 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7905 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7906 *
7907 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7908 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7909 *
7910 * @par Example:
7911 * @code
7912 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7913 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7914 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7915 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7916 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7917 * );
7918 * @endcode
7919 */
7920 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7921
7922 /**
7923 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7924 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7925 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7926 */
7927 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7928
7929 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7930
7931 /************************************************************************//**
7932 * @name Shell and process control
7933 * @{
7934 */
7935
7936 /**
7937 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7938 */
7939 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7940
7941 /**
7942 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7943 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7944 */
7945 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7946
7947 /**
7948 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7949 */
7950 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7951
7952 /**
7953 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7954 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7955 */
7956 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7957
7958 /**
7959 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7960 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7961 *
7962 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7963 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7964 * them segfault or deadlock.
7965 *
7966 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7967 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7968 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7969 *
7970 * @par Example:
7971 * @code
7972 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7973 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7974 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7975 * @endcode
7976 *
7977 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7978 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7979 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7980 */
7981 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7982
7983 /**
7984 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7985 */
7986 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7990 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7991 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7992 */
7993 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7994
7995 /** @} */ # End shell }
7996
7997 /************************************************************************//**
7998 * @name HTTP client
7999 * @{
8000 */
8001
8002 /**
8003 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8004 */
8005 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8006
8007 /**
8008 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8009 */
8010 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8011
8012 /**
8013 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8014 */
8015 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8016
8017 /**
8018 * Local virtual hosts.
8019 *
8020 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8021 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8022 * then no proxy will be used.
8023 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8024 * proxy if it is configured.
8025 * @since 1.25
8026 */
8027 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8028
8029 /**
8030 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8031 * Only works for curl
8032 */
8033 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8034
8035 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8036
8037 /************************************************************************//**
8038 * @name Job queue
8039 * @{
8040 */
8041
8042 /**
8043 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8044 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8045 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8046 * be run periodically.
8047 */
8048 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8049
8050 /**
8051 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8052 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8053 * execution finishes.
8054 * @since 1.23
8055 */
8056 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * Number of rows to update per job
8060 */
8061 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8062
8063 /**
8064 * Number of rows to update per query
8065 */
8066 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8067
8068 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8069
8070 /************************************************************************//**
8071 * @name Miscellaneous
8072 * @{
8073 */
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8077 * * false: default PHP implementation
8078 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
8079 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8080 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
8081 */
8082 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8083
8084 /**
8085 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8086 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8087 *
8088 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8089 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8090 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8091 */
8092 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8093
8094 /**
8095 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8096 * For debugging
8097 */
8098 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8099
8100 /**
8101 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8102 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8103 */
8104 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8108 */
8109 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8110
8111 /**
8112 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8113 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8114 */
8115 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8116
8117 /**
8118 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8119 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8120 */
8121 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8122
8123 /**
8124 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8125 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8126 *
8127 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8128 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8129 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8130 * parameters.
8131 *
8132 * @par Example:
8133 * @code
8134 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
8135 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8136 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8137 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8138 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8139 * ... any extension-specific options...
8140 * );
8141 * @endcode
8142 */
8143 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8144
8145 /**
8146 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8147 */
8148 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8149
8150 /**
8151 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8152 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8153 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8154 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8155 *
8156 * @since 1.21
8157 */
8158 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8159
8160 /**
8161 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8162 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8163 *
8164 * * 'ignore': return null
8165 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8166 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8167 *
8168 * @since 1.21
8169 */
8170 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8171
8172 /**
8173 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8174 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8175 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8176 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8177 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8178 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8179 *
8180 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8181 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8182 *
8183 * @since 1.21
8184 */
8185 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8186
8187 /**
8188 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8189 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8190 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8191 *
8192 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8193 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8194 *
8195 * @since 1.21
8196 */
8197 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8198 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8199 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8200 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8201 ];
8202
8203 /**
8204 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8205 *
8206 * @since 1.20
8207 */
8208 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8212 *
8213 * @since 1.20
8214 */
8215 $wgSiteTypes = [
8216 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8217 ];
8218
8219 /**
8220 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8221 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8222 * @since 1.23
8223 */
8224 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8225
8226 /**
8227 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8228 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8229 * @see bug 65184
8230 * @since 1.24
8231 */
8232 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8233
8234 /**
8235 * Secret for session storage.
8236 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8237 * be used.
8238 * @since 1.27
8239 */
8240 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8241
8242 /**
8243 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8244 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8245 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8246 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8247 * @since 1.27
8248 */
8249 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8253 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8254 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8255 * be used.
8256 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8257 * @since 1.24
8258 */
8259 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8263 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8264 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8265 * @since 1.24
8266 */
8267 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8268
8269 /**
8270 * Enable page language feature
8271 * Allows setting page language in database
8272 * @var bool
8273 * @since 1.24
8274 */
8275 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8276
8277 /**
8278 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8279 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8280 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8281 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8282 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8283 * module.
8284 *
8285 * Example config for Parsoid:
8286 *
8287 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8288 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8289 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8290 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8291 * );
8292 *
8293 * @var array
8294 * @since 1.25
8295 */
8296 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8297 'modules' => [],
8298 'global' => [
8299 # Timeout in seconds
8300 'timeout' => 360,
8301 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8302 'forwardCookies' => false,
8303 'HTTPProxy' => null
8304 ]
8305 ];
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8309 * these suggestions.
8310 *
8311 * @var bool
8312 * @since 1.26
8313 */
8314 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * Where popular password file is located.
8318 *
8319 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8320 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8321 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8322 *
8323 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8324 * @since 1.27
8325 * @var string path to file
8326 */
8327 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8328
8329 /*
8330 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8331 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8332 *
8333 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8334 * @since 1.27
8335 */
8336 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8337
8338 /**
8339 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8340 *
8341 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8342 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8343 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8344 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8345 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8346 *
8347 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8348 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8349 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8350 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8351 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8352 *
8353 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8354 *
8355 * @since 1.27
8356 */
8357 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8358 'default' => [
8359 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8360 ]
8361 ];
8362
8363 /**
8364 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8365 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8366 * @}
8367 */